Home

2 - Longueuil Nissan

1. 2004 5 19 Brake warning light 2 8 Brake wear Indicators 2 12 8 19 Parking brake operation 5 14 Self adjusting brakes 8 19 Brake fluid s 2ae eee Oa Sata wes 8 12 Brakes sae ea a a ee 8 19 Brake Syst lfi o a s e s socra om iwak 5 19 Break in schedule 5 16 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 18 Bulb check instrument panel 2 7 Bulb replacement 8 29 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 lt 4 oa oaa a 9 2 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone or CBradio 4 45 CD care and cleaning 4 43 CD player See audio system 4 34 4 38 Child restraints 1 16 1 17 1 18 1 20 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 1 20 Precautions on child restraints 1 18 1 25 1 31 1 36 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 22 Child safety rear doorlock 3 5 Chimes audible reminders 2 12 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 C e e e e a oe r e G eee 4 33 models without navigation system 4 33 Cilok Sote e as a a 86 5 6 54 0 dee E 4 33 Clock set adjustment 4 33 Clutch IGE s ss aoea wk me oh i de eed 8 12 C M V S S certification label 2 9 11 Cold weather driving 5 24 Compact disc CD player 4 34 4 38 Control
2. 2 14 SWIC ODETANON e eser akia ea reer ee EA 2 14 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 16 Rear window defroster switch 0 005 2 16 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 17 Headlight control SWiHCh a 020s ceeve ets cewtwen 2 17 Daytime running light system 4 2 18 Instrument brightness control 05 2 18 TuMmsighial SWIC jansiedecesien cde ansestaseans 2 19 Front fog lights if so equipped 065 2 19 e EE PETET oveneers aaieetcenetacassececeecean 2 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 20 POWT OOO EEE EEEE EE EEE 2 21 ELE EE A E E E E TE 2 21 Map DOCKS Sc sserres sou ees soo eee reign einng 2 21 SOMO eC NayS susies acta gihageans kasak rera nini 2 22 CUD TIO GElS E E E Cousens conse 2 22 Soft bottle NOE y staneer cena eoeee cewenyeaes 2 23 GOVE 60K 20202 E T A E TE 2 23 Tonneau cover if so equipped 008 2 23 VWWINCOWS serere enaa EE e e E EAE E 2 24 Power windows if so equipped 065 2 24 Manual windows if so equipped 655 2 26 iE EE e pe cee tease teed cree sees ester seeee 2 27 Luggage compartment light nnana aana aaneen 2 27 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 2 13 141516 17 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 17 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 47 2 20 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 14 Instruments and controls Center ven
3. Backing up on a steep uphill When backing the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For ex ample the display shows 1 0 m 3 ft to the place A but the actual 1 0 m 3 ft distance on the hill Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 the hill is the place B Note that any object on is the place Note that any object on the hill is the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing the vehicle down a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 1 0 m 3 ft to the place A but the actual 1 0 m 3 ft distance on 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course ADJUSTING THE SCREEN To adjust the quality of the screen use the follow ing procedure 1 Press the ENTER SETTING button once for brightness or twice for contrast 2 Adjust the level using the TUNE FOLDER knob and then press the ENTER SETTING button to apply the adjustment Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving OPERATING TIPS A CAUTION Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean t
4. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many kilometers miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular ac cessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance requ
5. Seats in this section and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt
6. s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occu
7. Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oll For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in Tech nical and consumer information in this manual Starting and driving 5 17 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmis sion models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move
8. For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control HR16DE engine model 5 M T GEAR km h MPH 1st 43 27 2nd 79 49 3rd 116 72 4th 157 97 5th Starting and driving 5 13 PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident 5 14 Starting and driving To engage Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button 8 and lower the lever completely Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped CANCEL ACCEL RES COASTISET CRUISE ON O
9. USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems A CAUTION To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system De
10. and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial Operating tips To get the best performance out of the system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel l PHONE SEND Press the l button to answer an incoming call You can also use the 6 button to interrupt the system feedback an
11. blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level 4 If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level 4 This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer For ad
12. following operations then pull on the handle Push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Unlock all doors using the key if so equipped Press the if button on the remote con troller once For additional information refer to Remote keyless entry system in this section To close the rear hatch push the rear hatch down until it securely locks FUEL FILLER LID AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type OPENER OPERATION FUEL FILLER CAP fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper The fuel filler lid release is located below the The fuel filler cap is a detachable type Turn the i operation of the fuel system and emis Hadi me f open the fuel filler lid pull cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten R E SA the release To lock close the fuel filler lid se i Tali surely turn the cap clockwise until clicks are heard ERNSTER r S Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while possible injur
13. fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet STORAGE MAP POCKETS Instruments and controls 2 21 LIC2742 Storage compartment STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop 2 22 Instruments and controls LIC2743 SIC4409 Front Rear CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident LIC2801 Front SOFT BOTTLE HOLDER A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop TONNEAU COVER if so equipped AWARNING Never put anything on the cargo cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident ora sudden stop Do not put objects heavier than 20 kg 44 Ibs on the cargo cover for long periods of time e Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it d
14. o lt o5i05ec0cese geen ances egeaen 4 11 Heater and Air Conditioner manual Type B if SO equipped 1 cece cece cece 4 15 Baie e 2c atestecudpocamuseuetecasentaseuecee 4 16 Heater operation seuseAcu wneveeudevcnausewe oS 4 17 Air conditioner operation 2 4 18 Air low Charis so xt ieuse cece aut weeuetecass eta 4 19 Servicing air conditioner if so equipped 4 23 PUIG Syte ce c4ccaverserecetdhesetesaceesiaeses 4 23 cle oe ee ee ee oe ee ee ee 4 23 FM radio reception 2100 daptaneeticeeeureese css AM radio reception 0220220e seers Audio operation precautions 0 0 eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped ccc eee eae FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped o 2 cc eee ers ce vancs USB Universal Serial Bus connection port UiSG GQUIDDEG 24 ceceiunde Sed esewie feed dees iPod player operation if so equipped CD care and cleaning 2 02 eee eee Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped anced cennancencetemencaueans PURCONA renea pna E A E E E Car phone or CB radio cexsesisadactatdnenadeadxs Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System U so eguipped cpamencuteseceracastareetanesensds Regulatory Information s 24 scare nereeens oeeeawes Using the SYSteMxwaceaescesacegesessseeeeeees CGonirol DUMONS mirre iisi ars cep aeebeoakaneseaes Getting Saed srsserrsdr reren
15. or the models into P Park or the manual transmission M T model into R Reverse 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission A T models is shifted into P Park or the manual transmission M T model into R Reverse Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance A Blocks B Flat tire Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools Open the rear hatch Remove the wheel cover to access the spare tire If equipped with spacers remove them before removing the spare tire In case of emergency 6 3 1 Remove the jacking tools from the storage location 2 Loosen the bolt counterclockwise to lower the spare 6 4 Incase of emergency Stop turning the bolt when the spare is lower
16. passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher 1 47 severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and Occupant Detection Sensor weight sensor Inflator opera tion is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant detection sensors are also moni tored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Addition ally the front passenger air bag may be automati cally turned off under some conditions depend ing on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passen ger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off For additional information refer to Front pa
17. the screen unless no pattern is applied AUX button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a compatible device plugged into the AUX IN jack The AUX button is also used to switch the audio system to a source plugged into the USB input jack in the center console When a device is plugged into the AUX IN jack while another device is plugged into the USB input jack the AUX button is used to toggle between the two functions For additional information about the USB input jack refer to USB Universal Serial Bus con nection port in this section Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 A EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod player operation in this section For additional information about the USB inter face available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus connection port in this section USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB connection port AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the
18. the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi 1 17 CHILD RESTRAINTS tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be positioned properly across the lower hips or up per thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a col
19. wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spa
20. 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 4 56 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 008 5 2 Three way Calalslictcciccetene chbeeescucawsenns 5 2 Avoiding collision and rollover 05 5 3 Off road recovery nk gcsceked es sanegeevagnedi anes 5 3 Rapid air pressure lOSS 0 00 c eee ees 5 4 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 4 ONON SWIG sesa dssetste neesu Settee aee i 5 5 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 5 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 6 Ignition switch DOSNONSsadcesceweeterseeecaee esis 5 6 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 7 Before starting the engine 2ee ee eee 5 7 Starting the engine soncdae ioe weewenad eenpanecwew eis D 7 Driving the vehicle ve cwecseeede nee p ad eacedoseeekes 5 8 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 8 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 12 Pini bak ERE E E ERES ee 5 14 Cruise control if so equipped 00eeee eee 5 15 Precautions on cruise COMMOls acesuewey eeecue 5 15 Cruise control operations 000 00e 5 15 Blake aSSist ouest sntausaneebsereaduaceweber e 5 16 Break In schedule cocicxcet dee de
21. 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the ti
22. 2 15 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH WASHER SWITCH AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid LIC2116 The rear window wiper and washer operate when reservoir tank with washer fluid concen Type A if so equipped the ignition switch is placed in the ON position trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position may permanently stain the grille if to operate the wiper spilled while filling the windshield Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation washer fluid reservoir tank not adjustable Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recom mended levels before pouring the fluid Push the switch forward to operate the into the windshield washer fluid reser washer The wiper will also operate several times voir tank Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water 2 ON continuous low speed operation 2 16 Instruments and controls LIC2110 Type B if so equipped To defrost the rear window glass start the
23. 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rs position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the GY position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position 5 Align left and right vents to direct air flow toward the front side windows To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the maxi mum position and the temperature control dial to the full hot position P ee When the Y or position is selected press the E button to turn on the air condi tioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the ful
24. A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibili
25. CD insert slot Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 11 12 13 14 M4 SEEK button SCAN button gt gt I TRACK button BACK button IPod MENU button TUNE FOLDER knob ENTER SETTING button AUX IN jack Station select 1 6 buttons RDM button RPT button 15 VOL volume knob PWR power button 16 DISP button 17 AUX button 18 FM AM button Audio main operation VOL volume knob PWR power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the VOL volume knob PWR power button while the system is off to call up the mode that was playing immediately before the system was turned off 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems To turn the system off press the VOL volume knob PWR power button Turn the VOL volume knob PWR power button to adjust the volume ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to make a selection Audio Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed Choose a setting from O to 3 t
26. Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs AIR CLEANER AWARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air it also stops the flame if the engine backfires If the air cleaner is not installed and the en gine backfires you could be burned Never drive with the air cleaner filter off Be cautious working on the engine when the air cleaner is off Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury To remove the filter from the air cleaner push the tabs Q and pull the unit upward 2 The viscous paper type filter element should not be cleaned and reused The dry paper type filter element may be cleaned and reused Replace the air filter according to the maintenance log shown in a separate maintenance booklet When replacing the air filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth AIR CONDITIONER FILTER if so equipped T
27. Do not spin the tires above 55 km h 35 mph If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior f5 0Zinsnn dene rnern 7 2 Air fresheners 20cesncsndueecpas diese ote epee 7 4 WVOSMING wascnecesdeedoedasesereeee peueeoweeess 7 2 PIOOF E O E E E sean 7 4 WAKING e irgo aa danae E EA o uaaa 1 2 Ded Dele ETETE EEEE TPT 7 5 Removing SpOtS 60 cece eee eee eee eens 7 3 CoMOSIONPICHECION naw eociuswneviassenveaei aues 7 5 MNOCIDOOY 22600654054 2cteenge0tsede re nacssagad 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle NESS 2c caccng statis igenweceeceaasconee d4ecaes 7 3 CONOS O crise ae ceteve cisco EE EEE 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome PaliSictesa5c5ivamndnedn se aeewee tes aeae 7 3 COMOSION vs gece area dan demeneeue sates 7 5 Tire Ar SSINGS 6 6 cece eee eee tenet eee 7 3 Protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning INteriO unit iresnern ereraa nne eae rea 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles
28. INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE if so equipped TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL if SO equipped Mount the license plate to the fascia using two M6 14mm bolts not supplied through the nuts Center the license plate in the fascia and tighten securely The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed as Loading Information label The label islocatedas shown shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weigh
29. Replacing the fog light bulb If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly High low Halogen Daytime running light H4 Turn 3457NAK Park light W5W Side marker light Fog light if so equipped Interior light Cargo light High mounted stop light type A if so equipped High mounted stop light type B if so equipped Rear combination light Turn signal light WY21W Stop Tail W21 5W Backup reversing W16W License plate light W5W Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information If replacement is required contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 Interior light Side marker light Park light High low headlight Daytime running light Turn light Front fog light if so equipped Stop tail light High mounted stop light License plate light Reverse light Rear turn signal light oe a oa ee O 8 30 Maintenance
30. Vehicle weight can be determined by us ing a commercial grade scale found at places such as a truck stop gravel quarry grain elevator or a scrap metal recycling facility Occupants Luggage E l Load limit Remaining available 1 Determine the curb weight of your 1 400 Ib R a LE cargo and luggage vehicle 640 kg load capacity 2 Compare the curb weight amount to 139 DXA 5 S0919 AA EGO D 1 040 Ib the GVWR specified for your vehicle 70kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg to determine how much more weight your vehicle can carry 3 After loading cargo and passen gers re weigh your vehicle to deter Occupants Luggage mine if either GVWR or GAWR for 1024 limit Remaining available your vehicle is exceeded If GVWR is 1 400 Ib R LECCO cargo and luggage 640 kg exceeded remove cargo as neces load capacity sary If either the front or rear GAWR 130 DA ake A 500 Ib is exceeded shift the load or remove 70kg 340 kg 14kg 70kg 227 kg cargo as necessary WT10169 Example 9 14 Technical and consumer information Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs or XXX kg on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs or XXX kg
31. a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE FOLDER knob ENTER SETTING button MP3 WMA CD only If a MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat gt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be repeated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random gt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on
32. a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt A B Low back booster seat High back booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears
33. a malfunction e The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 VENTS When the contrast of objects is low at night pressing the ENTER SETTING button may not change the brightness Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night lf dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera a ME r E ee I Do not use body wax on the camera window If body wax does get on the camera window wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water LHA2085 SAA3126 Center vents Side vents Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by open ing the vent slides ing closing or rotating 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual Type A if so equipped A WARNING NOTE e The air conditioner cooling function op Odors from inside and outside the vehicle erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days tempera
34. air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off Refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air intake lever should always be in the gt position for heating and defrosting Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 DEFROSTING a Air passed BI LEVEL gt through HEATING DEFOGGING heater core Fan control Fan control Air flow control Temperature control Air flow control Air recirculation control Air recirculation Temp Air flow Fan control control control control Fan control 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Air recirculation control Air passed through heater core Temperature control Air recirculation control Temp Air flow control control HEATING QE Air passed HEATING amp QE
35. and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN do
36. and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover t Indicates bulb removal Indicates bulb installation LDI2044 Interior light Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 LDI2374 Rear combination light To replace the bulbs in the rear combination light A Remove the rear combination light mounting bolts 2 Carefully remove the gasket protector 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Pull rear combination light toward the rear of the vehicle and disconnect the rear combi nation light connector to remove the assem bly Remove bulbs by turning counterclockwise and replace with new bulbs LDI2071 High mounted stop light Type A if so equipped To replace the high mounted stop light bulb i Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the lens cover of the high mounted stop light by inserting an appropriate re mover tool between the top of the lens cover the side not touching the glass of the rear door and the vehicle A Pull toward you 3 After the cover is removed disconnect the harness connector and remove the high mounted stop light bulb by rotating it counterclockwise 4 Replace with new bulb and reinstall cover JVC0014X JVMO0007X License plate light Luggage compartment light To replace the luggage compartment light bu
37. and supplemental restraint system 1 35 Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the bottom of the seatback behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack CENTER SEATING POSITION 1 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the rear tail panel behind the child restraint 3 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and
38. and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Saf
39. bag module during inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls After the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instru ment panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat oc
40. calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane Starting and driving 5 3 lf you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself
41. campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng English speakers or https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emis sion control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle
42. direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions WRS0761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2395 Rear facing step 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS2396 Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 25 mm 1 in from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in pla
43. do not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will turn off The light also illuminates with other interior lights when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position For additional information refer to Inte rior light in this section Instruments and controls 2 27 MEMO 2 28 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments RG anu noe sees E EE EL E A E 3 2 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys 3 2 Bo a i a4 checeeececeuatuad Ax ve dee scsere E 3 3 LOCKING with KO Yee rae ente abe ved neenee teens eee 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 05 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch if so equipped 6 c2cdcetuwak cae tedmedsdentinendce 3 4 Automatic door locks if so equipped 3 5 Child safety rear door lock 0 cece eens 3 5 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 6 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 7 IOCOC A E E E E A EE E 3 9 Rear hatch Hatchback ccc cece cece ee eens 3 10 Opening the rear hatch 2 000000 3 10 PUCIFINGHI
44. doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the WRS0719 seat belts Most seating positions are Manual front seat shown 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat For additional information refer to
45. eee eee 1 15 Seat belt maintenance 0 2 02ee eee 1 16 NG SARC TE E E E ene 1 16 a ETE EE EE T E T E 1 17 omal CMCC k ct wrre es eee acer ee EE eee 1 17 Larger CHIGICN sesse rscissr eeeeexaageesuaweess 1 17 Child restais ecerreraraki tripa r neaei 1 18 Precautions on child restraints 0 1 18 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 000 cece eee e eee eaes 1 20 Rear facing child restraint installation using LATO eee e ere etre ee re eee eee errr 1 23 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat DCS 2s wciworeckece tered eas teen ewes 1 25 Forward facing child restraint installation USING LAVA cvcastepsasencee eee tokens cate 1 28 Forward facing child restraint installation Using the seat belts inswecenncd ohaswensedaaws 1 31 Booster seals conc hanes orrn ia ar E ne 1 36 Precautions on booster seats sssu na 1 36 Booster seat installation 00 eae eee 1 38 Supplemental restraint system SRS 0 1 40 Precautions on ORO seiacea texuewesent nnne 1 40 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag SVOM errorea hes neue een tase EREA NEREAREN 1 52 Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 1 53 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 54 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 55 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not
46. engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting A When turning the switch to the D posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on Instruments and controls 2 17 Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the O light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the gt or 2 position the headlights will turn off after a period of time 2 18 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should tur
47. escape If the hissing Rear Original Tire vides the tire identification number TIN sound of air escaping from the tire is 185 60R15 230 kPa 33 PSI for safety standard certification The TIN heard while checking the pressure 185 55R16 can be used to identify the tire in case of a reposition the gauge to eliminate this Spare recall leakage T125 70D15 420 KPa 60 PSI 3 Remove the gauge 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 P215 65R15 95H R t 4 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 5 2 t 5 WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t Example 4
48. fob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the key fob is over 10 m 88 ft The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the key fob Do not allow the key fob which con tains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the key fob Do not strike the key fob sharply against another object Do not change or modify the key fob Wetting may damage the key fob If the key fob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the key fob for an ex tended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 60 C 140 F Do not attach the key fob with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the key fob near equip ment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and per sonal computers If a key fob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the key fob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact a NISSAN dealer HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking the doors 1 Remove the ignition key 2 Close all the doors 3 Push the LOCK fob All the doors will lock
49. fully retracts For additional information refer to Child restraints in this sec tion The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Shoulder belt he
50. good condition check the fusible links in the holder 4 If any of the fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts For checking and replacing the fusible links see a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT NOTE The fuse box is located on the driver s side CAUTION of the instrument panel Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight amperage rating than specified on the switch are OFF fuse box cover This could damage the l l electrical system or cause a fire 2 Remove the fuse box cover O with a suit able tool Use a cloth to avoid damaging the If any electrical equipment does not operate trim check for an open fuse 3 Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 2 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse 6 Push the fuse box cover to install If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer BATTERY REPLACEMENT How to replace the extended storage switch A CAUTION 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking t
51. i EO args wee wn ee er ee 4 31 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD PY e 4 44 ss eee e eae ha wee A 4 35 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 44 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M ESU maa eo be wee ee a ee em a 9 19 Rear power windows 2 26 Rear seat 4 wig e m 2 oe dal wee ae 1 4 RearView Monitor 4 2 4 3 Rear window defroster switch 2 16 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 16 Recorders Event Gala s a soa ase a ote Ee ab eG 9 19 Refrigerant recommendation 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote keyless entry system 3 6 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 S Safety Child safety rear doorlock 3 5 Child seat belts 1 18 1 25 1 31 1 36 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat adjustment aaoo aa 1 4 Seat belt Child safety ooa a 1 16 Infants and small children 1 17 Injuted Person s s caa a wa a e g eo 2 1 12 Larger children aoaaa aaa 1 17 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnant women aaau aaa 1 12 Seat belt extenders 1 15 Seat belt maintenance 1 16 Seatbelts 0 0 0000 eee 1 10 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 15 Three point type with retractor 1 12 Seat belt extenders oaoa aaa 1 15 Seat belt warning light 2 9 S
52. inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light may illu minate Do not drive on these types of roads Starting and driving 5 23 When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light may illumi nate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 24 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry key fob if so equipped ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information refer to Engine cool ing system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked
53. is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change th
54. key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents SPA2770 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY Manual if so equipped To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the rear Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 4 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning iit toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors 4 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2760 Inside
55. level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure Technical and consumer information 9 17 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 9 18 Technical and consumer information REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN lf Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall
56. lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rs position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the C button The indicator light comes on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature Is high move the air intake lever to the position Be sure to return to the gt position for normal cooling 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the 4 comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 9 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the
57. light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information refer to Power steer ing warning light in the Instruments and con trols section BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 19 AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and resu
58. malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer H Horizontal centerline of headlights HEADLIGHT AIM The aim of the headlights may require adjustment when replacing the headlight assembly or when the vehicle s front body has been repaired When the adjustment is required follow these proce dures or have them adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Before performing the headlights aim adjust ment Check the pressure of all tires for the correct inflation pressure Check that the tools and spare tire are stowed securely Check that the fuel and lubricants levels are filled to correct capacities Unload all luggage and other items which may influence the vehicle s height level Load a weight on the drivers seat that is equivalent to the weight of a driver Horizontal Vertical centerline centerline of ahead of headlights eadlights Stopping the vehicle 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface vertical to the wall or screen to which the headlights will be projected Move the vehicle close to the wall to deter mine the point P as shown in the illustration The point P must be H is the distance between the headlight s center point to the level surface WEL is the distance between the left and right headlights centers 3 Mark point P on the wall or screen Back up the vehicle 5 000 mm 197 0 in 16 4 ft straight away from the wall
59. necessary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels e When towing automatic transmission models with the front wheels on towing dollies or when towing manual trans mission models with the front wheels on the ground Place the ignition switch to the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by placing the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion This may damage the steering lock mechanism Place the shift lever in the N Neutral position e When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual trans missions M T only Speed Below 80 km h 50 MPH Distance Less than 80 km 50 miles SCE0906 Rear VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically design
60. not necessary AWARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator For additional information refer to precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a Genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant
61. ntd io Ene krianrd List OF COMMANGS intcsanesenkscicam EARRAN Troubleshooting guide cece eee REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use of the Rear View Monitor could result in serious injury or death The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors Make sure that the liftgate is securely close when back
62. onds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather 5 8 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped The Automatic Transmission A T in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident The cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting the transmis sion into a forward or reverse position before the engine has warmed up Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped This could cause un expected vehicle movement A CAUTION Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to either the P Park or R Reverse position while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious dam age to the transmission Except in an emergency do not
63. or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of
64. phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and li
65. position The front passenger air bag status light 4 may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used For addi tional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted 1 40 Roof mounted curtain side impact and supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to infla
66. rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a
67. replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin Rear window wiper blade Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied The rear drum type brakes self adjust every time the parking brake is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occ
68. restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section 1 31 WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child rest
69. ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle e The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possi
70. seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations A WARNING When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ad Crash zone sensor Supplemental front impact air bag mod ules Air bag Control Unit ACU Occupant detection sensor weight sensor located in passenger seat cushion frame Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag Rear side satellit
71. spare tire to its original position After the flat tire is repaired return the temporary spare to its original position in the tire basket under the rear of the vehicle Open the trunk 2 Remove the luggage floor 3 Loosen bolt 4 counterclockwise approxi mately 20 turns using the wheel nut wrench and wrench extension to lower the tire bas ket Stop turning the bolt when the tire basket is lowered to a place where It can be removed from the hook Do not loosen the bolt excessively otherwise the basket may fall suddenly In case of emergency 6 7 5 Hold the tire basket and remove it from the 6 Lower the tire basket slowly to the ground 7 Reinstall the tire basket by pushing upward hook by pushing the basket upward and and then put in the temporary spare tire on the basket 5 and inserting the hook moving the hook 3 to release the basket 6 8 In case of emergency AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire tire basket and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use Refer to specific instructions under the heading Wheels and Tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual When reinstalling the spare tire basket under the vehicle after use be sure that the hook engages the basket from the inside If the spare tire
72. speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed Al v SEEK and TRACK buttons When the SEEK button 4 is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Press the SEEK button amp several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the TRACK button Y is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the TRACK button Y several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems RPT repeat RDM random button Press the RPT RDM button while a compact disc is playing to change the play pattern as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT MP3 WMA CD FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM DISC RE PEAT TRACK REPEAT The track that is currently play ing will be repeated DISC RANDOM The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play DISC REPEAT The disc currently playing will be repeated FOLDER REPEAT The tracks in the current folder will be repeated FOLDER RANDOM The order of the tracks
73. systems 4 53 Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names Help For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For additional information refer to Record name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on th
74. that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications performance design or compo nent suppliers without notice and without obliga tion From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information regarding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve h
75. the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected ce
76. the rear of the vehicle 4 The antenna cannot be shortened but can be folded down or removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod coun terclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise A and hand tighten A CAUTION e Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 20 cm 8 in away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route
77. to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag and result in serious per sonal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant detection sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury 1 51 Work on and around the front air bag syste
78. tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 9 kg 20 Ibs should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and childre
79. up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance For additional infor mation refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recom mends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it i
80. vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 2 4 Instruments and controls Changing the display Press the change button to change the dis play as follows Odo Trip A Trip B Ins fuel consumption Average fuel consumption Cruising range or DTE Odo For trip computer information refer to Trip com puter in this section Resetting the trip odometer Press the change reset button 3 for more than 1 second to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates A the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position When one segment remains on the digital fuel gauge only one segment will blink When no segments remain on the digital fuel gauge the fuel gauge symbol and the scale will blink Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The jib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the O check engine light may come on Refuel as soon as poss
81. ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 8 cm 3 1 in discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges Compact disc with MP3 Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear does not hear Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file are d
82. washer fluid in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual Power steering warning light A WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the power steering warning light illumi nates After starting the engine the power steer ing warning light turns off This indicates the power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information refer to Power steer ing in the Starting and driving section Kh Seat belt warning light and c
83. while holding down the shift lock release 6 Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel 7 Release the parking brake The vehicle may be moved to the desired loca tion Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as pos sible Accelerator downshift in D Drive position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Starting and driving 5 11 Overdrive O D OFF switch Each time your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON ON With the engine running and the shift lever in the D Drive position the transmission upshifts into Over drive as vehicle speed increases Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature 5 12 Starting and driving OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking Is nec essary push the Overdrive switch once The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case depress the Overdrive switch to tu
84. 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 2 02eeeeeeeeeeeee 9 10 Engine serial number 2 020005 9 11 C M V S S certification label 00 eae 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label if so equipped a scanenenteedesevedeenazeceans 9 12 Installing front license plate if so equipped 9 12 Vehicle loading information 05 9 13 TONMNS E creeardsdeee E EE TT 9 13 Determining vehicle load capacity 9 13 Ecleo emi o DE see ctesee E 9 15 Measurement of weights 2 5 9 16 TOWING a WNC ix2on oe cugewenes sere keene baneeed 9 16 FTON O ace 8 aecgieee ao cu ee Seen ee ee cent nee 9 16 Uniform tire quality grading 0 ee eee ee 9 17 Emission control system warranty 5 9 18 Reporting safety defects ccc eee eee 9 18 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 19 Event Data Recorders EDR 0cseeeeeaes 9 19 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 20 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determi
85. 2 4 4 ee naaa 4 42 ISOFIX child restraints 1 20 J Jump Starting e e s e i a we Se ee ad 6 10 8 15 K C ARETA on et een Ge ee eee 3 2 Key fob battery replacement 8 24 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 7 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 6 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serial number 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 54 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEMI a oe Ge EG SOS OM oe oes 1 20 License plate Installing the license plate 9 12 Light Air bag warning light 1 55 2 10 Brake light See stop light 8 29 Bulb check instrument panel 2 7 Bulb replacement 8 29 Charge warning light 2 8 Fog MOMS lt a is cesa d aR Gin ee amp 8 29 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 17 Headlight control switch 2 17 Headighis 24 sca i a eana 5 24 4 a 8 25 Interior light s a s soe i kt hal a 2 27 Light DUIDS s i s 294 o e a a 8 25 Low windshield washer fluid warning e EREEREER E EE E E ee 2 9 Passenger air bag and status light 1 49 Security indicator light aaa aaa 2 11 Warning indicator lights and
86. 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 6 12 Incase of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged e Automatic Transmission AT models and Manual Transmission MT cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage For manual transmission MT models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by a red high temperature warning light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open
87. Air passed a through DEFROSTING LA through heater core DEFOGGING i heater core Fan control Fan control Air flow control Temperature control Air flow control T Temperature control Air recirculation control Air recirculation control Air recirculation control Air recirculation control AUTO HOT bye gt Be olin Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 Air flow control Air flow control Fan control LHA3041 COOLING lt Air not passed th through heater Fan control l button Air flow control HTT Temperature control i Air recirculation control Air Feit recirculation et pirate sesso control COLD 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER if so equipped The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system Refer to Air conditioner system if so equipped refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly a
88. Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 CONTROLS 1 ok ON Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch Fan speed control dial Air conditioner button Temperature control dial Air intake lever Air recirculation and Fresh air Air flow control dial Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets Air flows from center and side vents gt s Ar flows from center and side vents and foot outlets 4 Air flows mainly from foot outlets 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets Q7 Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature contr
89. FF m PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch CRUISE ON OFF switch h e A W N If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically To properly set the cruise control system use the following procedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 23 89 MPH 87 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed
90. G Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if appli
91. G cesesecareuiennussenead soars eae aud 3 11 Opener operation xs srwaxtyei pest ree 3 11 PUSIFIING Caps atedomnvenhuxedeadeugeeese dade dx 3 11 Steering wheel 0 0 00 cece eee eee eens 3 13 Till OPCrauiONs 2 2s onc cdeatecensaeeced ene deen 3 13 UN VIGOlS cer eu cv Erna EErEE TREET EREEREER TINE 3 13 Vanity mirrors if so equipped 0008 3 14 Card holder driver s side only if so ae e ccc ne cece ntarqecwersnayceneeesecues 3 14 MINOS ces wasiohesiusaeadceate eesse44e5ne ee E A 3 14 Rearview MITOP 400s t20an ace neeGeaegeeae arnt 3 14 Oude MOIS x4ycy edudusged pan EIEEE ye 3 15 KEYS 3 LPD0348 Type A if so equipped 1 Master key 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all your keys If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2045 Type B Remote keyless entry key fob if so equipped 1 Integrated door lock key fob 2 Key number plate A CAUTION Do not leave the ignition key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle A key number plate is supplied w
92. Icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and Ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some Canadian prov inces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than t
93. If a malfunction occurs in the system the fi and indicator lights come on in the instru ment panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are on The VDC OFF switch Is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The fi 5 22 Starting and driving indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing Operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension p
94. If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All Canadian provinces or territories re quire that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child re straints and Booster seats sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0699 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRSO0454 Front passenger posit
95. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac
96. P3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Text character number limitation 31 characters ere rer ae 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian SE 05 UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 Troubleshooting guide Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Gannerplay Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications p d it Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound quali oe Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 disc or if it is a multi disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match o
97. PRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL Shifting the shift lever to D R 2 or 1 without depressing the foot brake pedal causes the vehicle to move slowly when the engine is running Make sure the foot brake pedal is depressed fully and the vehicle is stopped before shift ing the shift lever MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER PO SITION Make sure the shift lever is in the desired position D 2 and 1 are used to move forward and R to back up WARM UP THE ENGINE Due to the higher idle speeds when the engine is cold extra caution must be exercised when shifting the shift lever into the driving position immediately after start ing the engine P N ib To move the shift lever D Push the button A while depressing the brake pedal Push the button A Just move the shift lever Starting and driving 5 9 Shifting AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal in jury or property damage If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is de pressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal push the shi
98. SSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the mainte nance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM if so equipped REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type R or the exact equiva lents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model HR16DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder inline Bore x Stroke mm in 78 0 x 83 6 3 071 x 3 291 Displacement cm cu in 1 598 97 51 Firing order 1 3 4 2 Idle speed M T A T in N Neutral position No adjustment is necessary Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug PLZKAR6A 11 Spar
99. Temperature control Air recirculation control Temp Air flow control control HOT RIGHT tpl Air flow control Fan control ya Air passed through heater core A C button Temperature control Air recirculation control Air recirculation control Temp Air flow control control HEATING amp DEFROSTING DEFOGGING Air flow control Fan control Air recirculation control ym Air passed through heater core A C button Temperature control Air recirculation control Temp Air flow control control Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 COOLING lt a Air not passed if so equipped Gi Se through heater core Fan control AL A C button VF s 7 Z Air flow control 14 W Temperature control Air recirculation control FOX Air ane recirculation sua a control COLD EREJE 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual Type B if so equipped A WARNING NOTE e The air conditioner cooling function op Odors from inside and outside the vehicle erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle
100. The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down 4 To close the window pull the switch up Instruments and controls 2 25 Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down C To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock switch is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function 2 26 Instruments and controls When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull up and hold the window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch for more than 3 seconds after the window is closed
101. The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle For additional information refer to Mea surement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures For additional information refer to the Tire and Loading Information label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can brea
102. Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play dq gt gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK TRACK button 44 or PP for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased
103. USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some jurisdictions the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB Connection Port devices USB hard drives and iPod play ers Some USB devices may not be supported by this system Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod use if so equipped iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly AniPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Ge
104. a eee oe ee ee 8 20 PUSIDIG links 2 2424 eretier aa 8 21 G Gas Cap 24044 9 ee be irene raai 3 11 Gauge Fuel gauge aaaea aae 2 5 Odometer aoaaa eu o bce ee 2 4 Speedometer 00 005 2 3 Tachometer 002 0008 2 4 Trip computer lt ss sa a Bou a ew ws Bt 2 5 Trip odometer aoaaa aaa ae 2 4 General maintenance aaoo a 8 2 Glove DOX s isa awe tobe abe kpaa be 2 23 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 46 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 17 Headlight control switch 2 17 Headlights aoaaa a dace eG as 8 25 Head restraints 000 eae 1 6 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 7 4 15 Heater operation 4 9 4 17 Hood release asas sarawa mala akaa 3 9 FIO e ob Sie wy GO Gree ee 8S ee ene ee 2 20 l IGNITION SWHTCM e s e a ao edoa wed a oe aaa 5 5 Immobilizer system 2 13 3 2 5 7 Important vehicle information label 9 11 Increasing fuel economy 5 17 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders se s ale a cach oe wr Sk Boe a a 2 7 Inside Mior s 0 caas ed be gi wwe we 3 14 Instrument brightness control 2 18 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 18 Intelligent Key system Remote keyless entry operation 3 7 Interior light oaaae 2 27 iPod Player 2 66 4
105. abs C and found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 8 Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 SDI2134A KEY FOB if so equipped Replace the battery in the key fob as follows 1 Remove the screw 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner 8 and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case Recommended battery CR1620 or equivalent 4 Close the lid and install the screw securely 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal The key fob
106. ace so it Is not loose in the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position INSTALL 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ADJUST For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position Me LRS2351 LRS2306 For non adjustable head restraint headrest Raise Lower Make sure the head restraint headrest IS posi To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch the head restraint headrest down before riding in that designated seating position Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch Make sure the head restraint
107. acities in the Technical and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE Refer to the Tire and loading information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 2 000 km 1 200 mi of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing December 2014 Publication No OM15EM OK13U2 Printed in U S A 45 _K13 D
108. aint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard positions only Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1 Remove the head restraint neadrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the bottom of the seatback behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack CENTER SEATING POSITION 1 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the rear tail panel behind the child restraint 3 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child
109. ake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch if so equipped systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake and clutch system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add the appropriate brake fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 CLUTCH FLUID if so equipped Check the fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The brake fluid reservoir is shared with the clutch hydraulic system for manual transmissions If the fluid level is below the MIN line add the appropriate brake fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the s
110. ake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary For additional information re fer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light if so equipped This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position oy Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level For additional in formation refer to Engine oil in the Mainte nance and do it
111. al to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rs position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the GY position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the maxi mum position and the temperature control dial to the full hot position When the Y or oo position is selected press the E button to turn on the air condi tioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the full hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the
112. all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine AWARNING e Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cool ing fan can start at any time If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all Provinces in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familia
113. ap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is dis played may cause the Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate For additional information refer to the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage For additional information refer to Fuel Recom mendation in the Technical and Consumer In formation section STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS 3 Slide the extension sun visor if so equipped in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position TILT OPERATION Pull the lock lever down 4 and adjust the steer ing wheel up or down to the desired position Push the lock lever up to lock the steering wheel in place A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while T To block glare from the front swing down the driving You could lose control of your main sun visor vehicle and cause an accident 2 To block glare from the side remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing the sun visor to the side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down an
114. artment 0c cece eee eens 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Supplemental front impact air bag modules P 1 40 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag P 1 40 3 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 40 4 Front seat belts P 1 10 5 Head restraints headrests P 1 6 6 Rear seat belts P 1 10 7 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 20 8 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 10 9 Seats P 1 2 10 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 40 Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT Engine hood P 3 9 Windshield P 8 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 14 Antenna P 4 45 Manual windows if so equipped power windows if so equipped P 2 24 Door locks key fob if so equipped keys P 3 3 3 2 3 2 Mirrors P 3 14 Tire pressure P 8 34 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 40 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 17 Replacing bulbs P 8 25 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 19 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 1 Replacing bulbs P 8 25 2 Rear window defroster switch P 2 16 3 Rear window wiper and washer switch P 2 16 4 Rear ha
115. arts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the ft indicator may flashorboththe f and amp indica tor lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and both the ft and the indicator lights may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the ft and g indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the R indicator may flash or both the A and indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the ft indicator may flash or both the and indicator lights may illuminate This is not a mal function Restart the engine after driv ing onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ff indicator may flash or both the ft and indicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter t
116. as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options refer to List of commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press thes amp button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options refer to List of commands in this section LIST OF COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone Help When you press and release the amp F button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Use the steering wheel switches to choose a command from the list To browse the menu options push the tuning switch on the steering wheel left or right The system will always speak the current menu op tion To select the current menu option press the button To go back to the pre
117. asional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information regard ing brake inspections refer to the appropriate maintenance schedule information in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 FUSES The same type of fuse is used in both the engine compartment and passenger compartment fuse boxes 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself a O4 io BN AAS EN O T EE ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tabs 4 and and lifting the cover up from the right side then the left side Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer LDI2050 Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in
118. aster Also the inter mittent operation speed varies in accor dance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermit tent operation speed will be faster LIC2131 Type B if so equipped 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times LIC2789 Type C if so equipped AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur er s recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield washer fluid con centrate and water Instruments and controls
119. at belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION Most vehicle corrosion is caused by the accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic collisions ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as pos
120. at may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated For additional information refer to the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models For manual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neutral For automatic transmission models move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may co
121. ates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test For additional infor mation refer to Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The MIL will come on in one of two ways MIL on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed in the odom eter and the fuel filler cap is loose or miss ing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the C7 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer MIL blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poo
122. audible reminders s sss sadad wd aea eiea 2 7 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 5 Door locks s a a euw aoai ee we a 3 3 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 Power door locks Low fuel warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 Maintenance General maintenance Inside the vehicle Maintenance precautions Outside the vehicle Seat belt maintenance 1 Under the hood and vehicle Maintenance requirements Malfunction indicator light 2 Manual front seat adjustment Manual windows 00000 8 2 Map pocket gous uae ote ble eh aw a 2 Meters and gauges 4 Instrument brightness control 2 Mirror Inside mirror 4 2 a ev Sw ae Re we we So 3 Outside mirror control 3 Outside mirrors 2 2 ee eee 3 Vanity Mirror a a ee Gok oe Bok ae amp ES 3 MORS a Go dee aoe eee ME E e E a 3 Multi remote control system See remote keyless entry system 10 4 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SYSteM e bo de Ge aeRO Ee RED 2 13 3 2 5 7 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer aoaaa amp eae oe 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuellubnicanis s s sis ea uoo dome eS 9 2 Changing engine oil a aoaaa a 8 10 Changing engine oil filter a 8 11 Check
123. ay catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire When parking ensure that people or inflammable materials are kept away from the exhaust pipe A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner ma
124. basket hook is not engaged properly there is an in creased risk of the spare tire separating from the vehicle in a crash and causing injury Please be sure that the hook is located as 8 Tighten the bolt 8 clockwise until the bolt is shown in the image 7 The hook must tight using the wheel nut wrench and engage from the inside of the basket wrench extension to move the tire basket up to the holding position In case of emergency 6 9 Stowing the damaged tire Securely store the damaged tire in the cargo area as illustrated Securely store the jack and tools in the storage area Return the spare tire basket back to its original position in the reverse order of removal For ad ditional information refer to Getting the spare tire and tools in this section 6 10 Incase of emergency NOTE The spare tire basket cannot be used to store the conventional tire AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after each use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an ac cident or sudden stop Make sure that the spare tire basket is properly secured in its original position after removing the spare tire The spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emergency use Refer to specific instructions under the head ing Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To sta
125. be periodically inspected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indica tors are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible per sonal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire con tact a NISSAN dealer For additional information regarding tires refer to Tire Safety Information in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and b
126. ble injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually For additional information about adjusting the seats refer to the steps outlined in this section Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 ARMREST if so equipped for driver s FOLDING REAR SEAT seat 1 Remove the cargo cover from the rear seat To use the armrest pull it down to the resting back position 2 Pull the strap to fold each sea
127. button on the key The hazard indicator flashes once NOTE An auto relock function will operate after a full or partial unlock when no further user action occurs The relock will operate ap proximately 30 seconds after full or partial unlock The auto relock function is can celled when any door is opened or the key is inserted into the ignition Unlocking the doors Press the UNLOCK button on the key fob All doors unlock The hazard indicator flashes twice Auto relock When the button on the key fob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 30 seconds unless one of the following opera tions is performed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 LPD2041 Using the panic alarm if so equipped If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the key fob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when lt has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the key fob 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Using the interior light Press the 1 button on the key fob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section in
128. cable e Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalk s to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest lf your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT NON ADJUSTABLE HEAD REMOVE HEADREST COMPONENTS RESTRAINT HEADREST jee tnedellow r he head COMPONENTS se the ollowing procedure to remove the hea 1 Removable head restraint headrest restraint headrest 2 Multiple notches 1 Removable head restraint headrest 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the leek kiob 2 Single notch highest position 4 Stalks 3 Lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob 4 Stalks 3 Remove the head restraint neadrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure pl
129. case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch 2 00 00e0 6 2 Plat Met E E E A EE E 6 2 Changing a flat tire aannaaien 6 2 hmp Stan eers srersesastreda turda Reia 6 10 mie EE eia la E E A A E E E E TETE 6 12 If your vehicle overheats 05 TOWING your VENICISs gadis tows aveswwenaie Towing recommended by NISSAN Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on 6 2 Incase of emergency The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FLAT TIRE CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the automatic transmission A T
130. cci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly AWARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Once a seat belt preten
131. ce If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0799 Forward facing webbing mounted step 2 2 Secur
132. censed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the l button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted lf you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel
133. cle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual 2 12 Instruments and controls The VDC light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the ff indicator light while you are driving have the VDC system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the VDC system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven The chime will stop if the
134. clean water Inside edges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up
135. completely 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the above pro cedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance MANUAL WINDOWS if so equipped The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door INTERIOR LIGHT The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position if so equipped When the switch is in the DOOR position the interior lights will stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the key fob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the key fob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF position 1 the interior lights
136. cupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements The occupant detection sensors weight sen sors are on the seat cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For ex ample if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulation
137. d 7 8 Gal 3 4 Gal ua e Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed t
138. d during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod The iPod nano 1st Generation may re main in fast forward or rewind mode ff it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod If you are using an iPod 8rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to prevent the iPod from resetting itself Be careful not to do the following or the cable could be damaged and a loss of func tion may occur Bend the cable excessively 40 mm 1 6 in radius maximum Twist the cable excessively more than 180 degrees Pull or drop the cable Do not force the iPod cable connector into the device port Close the center console lid on the cable or connectors Store objects with sharp edges in the storage where the cable is stored Spill liquids on the cable and connectors 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Do not connect the cable to the iPod if the cable and or connectors are wet It may damage the iPod If the cable and connectors are exposed to water allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the cable to the iPod wait 24 hours for it to dry If the connector is expose
139. d flip open the mirror cover 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments JVI0018X CARD HOLDER driver s side only if so equipped To access the card holder pull the sun visor down and slide card in the card holder A Do not view information while operating the vehicle MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Manual control type if so equipped Electric control type if so equipped The outside mirror can be moved in any direction The outside mirror remote control will operate for a better rear view by adjusting the inside lever only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 AWARNING Object
140. d give a command at once Re fer to List of commands and During a call in this section for additional information Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 49 Pa PHONE END Press the button to end a call 44 pp TUNING SWITCH Push the tuning switch left or right to manually control the phone system GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Choosing a language To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the button for more than 5 seconds 2 Press the button 3 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage To select the current language press the PHONE SEND amp button To se lect a different language push the tuning switch M4 or PPI left or right NOTE You must press the l button within 5 seconds to change the language 4 Ifyou decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Press the button again to connect phone If phon
141. d to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short between the connector pins In this case replace the cable otherwise damage to the iPod and a loss of function may occur If the cable is damaged insulation cut con nectors cracked contamination such as liq uids dust dirt etc in the connectors do not use the cable and contact a NISSAN dealer to replace the cable with a new one When not in use for extended periods of time store the cable in a clean dust free environment at room temperature and with out direct sun exposure Do not use the cable for any other purposes other than its intended use in the vehicle iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions refer to Audio op eration precautions in this section amp CD eject button CD insert slot SCAN button DISP button RPT RDM button 6 TUNE FOLDER knob MENU button 7 AUX IN jack 8 AUX button 9 CD button 0 AM button 11 FM button 12 VOL volume control knob power button 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 TRACK Y button 15 SEEK 4 button Audio main operation VOL volume control knob power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the VOL volume control knob power button If you listen to the radio wi
142. d void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice Instruments and controls 2 13 LICO474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is opera tional If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position 2 14 Instruments and controls If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH a MIST FRONT p OFF LIC2130 Type A if so equipped SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or F
143. der certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations Starting and driving 5 21 When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions For additional information refer to Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC OFF switch in the Instru ments and controls section
144. ditional information on the location of the engine coolant reservoir refer to Engine com partment check locations in this section CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks 1 This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oi
145. down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal 2 Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch to signal a lane change Hold the lever until the lane change is completed Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch and release the lever The turn signal will automatically flash three times Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions FRONT FOG LIGHTS if so equipped To turn the front fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the P9 or 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn them off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 19 HORN To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury 2 20 Instruments and controls VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH OFF LIC1548 The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys tem on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be r
146. draulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 5 10 km h 3 6 MPH The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care Is re quired while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Un
147. e front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats AWARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Safety Seats seat belts a
148. e is already connected push the tuning switch M4 or PP to find the desired command 3 The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Then asks you to initiate con necting from the phone handset 4 50 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Phone Number Speak the digits Dial D 1 Press the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Number to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five
149. e level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary refer to Jump start ing in the In case of emergency section of this manual for additional information If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELT WDI0695 HR16DE engine 1 Water pump pulley 2 Generator pulley 3 Crankshaft pulley 4 Air conditioner compressor if so equipped Idler pulley if so equipped 5 Manual tensioner pulley A Tension checking point AWARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts or fraying If the belt is in poor condition have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide
150. e sensor Side satellite sensor Seat belt with pretensioner 10 Front door satellite sensor weight sen sor driver s side shown passenger side similar NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats AWARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s advanced air bag system please ob serve the following items Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 kg 1 Ib on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket e Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating please take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer to check the occupant detection system Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occu pant detection system is working prop erly position the occupants in the rear seating positions This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag Is located in the center of the steering wheel The
151. e steering wheel The system ends the session Refer to the Record name command in this section for infor mation about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronounc ing Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Incoming Missed Outgoing 4 54 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Main Menu Redial Call Back il Help Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming or missed calls or dial numbers for the last incoming or outgoing calls Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Redial Use the Redial command to dial the number of the last outgoing call from the vehicle Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Replace Phone Select Phone No Help Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehic
152. e the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRSO671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additio
153. e wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 113 N m 83 ft lb The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 6 km 1 mile COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire Placard 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become danger Ous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emergency use For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Reinstalling the temporary
154. e with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move In case of emergency 6 5 Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 6 6 Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the 2 notches in In case of emergency the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten th
155. ear facing rigid mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 25 mm 1 in from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured pri
156. eats Adj siment lt e sw s s eu maa a a a 1 2 Front seats aoaaa aa 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat ss eicaaes ae ae Ea we a 1 4 Security indicator light 2 11 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 9 13 3 2 5 7 Security systems Vehicle security system 2 13 Self adjusting brakes 4 8 19 Service manual order form 9 20 Servicing air conditioner 4 23 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 10 Manual transmission 5 13 Shift lock release noanoa eee 5 11 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 15 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 1 52 Spark plug replacement n nooo 8 16 Spark PIUGS ss s ae ea ae a E a 8 16 Specifications 4 4 ba ed be ew ae amp 9 8 Speedometer 00 00 eee 2 3 SRS warning label 1 54 Stability control 5 6 4 be hw oe ee we oe 5 21 Starting Before starting the engine 5 7 Jump starting oe aod aw aw ee we 6 10 8 15 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting oaa Se we Hw Sw 6 12 Starting the engine 5 7 Starting the engine 5 7 Steering Power steering system 05 5 19 Tilting steering wheel 3 13 Steering wheel 2 0 008 eee 3 13 Steering wheel audio control s
157. ecifically designed for use in your ve hicle model For additional information refer to your NISSAN dealer Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid For additional information refer to Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while center ing the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them For additional information refer to Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the se
158. ed Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the lock knobs if so equipped hold securely in all adjustable positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the f
159. ed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice 6 16 Incase of emergency NOTE Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 2 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 3 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive A T models or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive A T models or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models
160. ed to the point where the tire basket can be removed from the hook Remove the wheel basket by pushing the basket upward Lower the tire basket to the ground and take out the spare Removing wheel cover if so equipped To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod 4 as illustrated Apply cloth 2 between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engin
161. eds Seteuia pay wee 5 16 Increasing fuel economy 202e0e eee ee 5 17 Parking parking on hills 0200e eee eee ee 5 18 Power steering ce 20Fee trae eatin ee cece eek cence 5 19 idk eS oteWN stot toe E E deeb reer enue 5 19 Brake precautions svc oxcecdaven Vases eedseranec 5 19 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 5 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 21 Brake force distribution 20 5 5 23 Cold weather GriVinG ssisernceecevadawedebiwe nes 5 24 Freeing a frozen door lock 0 00 c eee eee 5 24 AUUINCEZC 42 cde0 cn dueesennd cieeetednqe ss Hiewnd 5 24 BAU karnane nri be E maces A a E metene 5 24 Draining of coolant water ssssss assan 5 24 Tire COUIDMGN svecucaecuicedeeecd raara 5 24 Special winter equipment 2 002 eee 5 25 Driving ON SNOW OF C sce seeeveckeverenseeeeese 5 25 Engine block heater sc secede csnewae ereeee bec adk 5 25 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre ven
162. educed even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The g indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system For additional infor mation refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual POWER OUTLET The power outlet is for powering electrical acces sories such as cellular telephones The outlet is rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner if so equipped headlights or rear window defroster if so equipped is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature
163. ehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration Or was VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown LT12020 HR16DE ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard C M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Ve hicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL
164. ems or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts For ad ditional information refer to Installing top tether strap in this section If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint consult your NISSAN dealer for details REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0801 WRS0802 Rear facing webbing mounted step 2 R
165. ened f the vehicle is not going to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent dis charge AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or severe burns After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level e Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling 1 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as Keep battery out of the reach of shown children 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring th
166. ental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint systems air bag systems may not func tion properly For additional information refer to 2 10 Instruments and controls Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS oo Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models only When the ignition switch Is in the ON position this indicator light shows the shift lever position For additional information refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational For additional information refer to Cruise con trol in the Starting and driving section of this manual Front fog light indicator light if so equipped The front fog light indicator ligh
167. erate properly It must be checked and re paired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by an NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 1 55 AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bags have inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the front air bags inflate the activated pretensioners must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by an NISSAN dealer The air bag module and p
168. ergency section of this manual Keep the windows and moonroof closed AIR FLOW CHARTS while the air conditioner is in operation The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air intake lever should always be in the gt position for heating and defrosting 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 DEFROSTING DEFOGGING Air flow control Fan control Air recirculation control Air passed through heater core A C button Temperature control Air recirculation control Temp Air flow control control HOT RIGHT BI LEVEL Air flow control Air recirculation control 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Air passed through heater core A C button _
169. erse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive po sition to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not shift into the gears when the vehicle speed exceeds the following limits otherwise the engine may over rev and cause engine damage Shift Lever position 1 2 50 km h 31 MPH 95 km h 59 MPH SHIFT LOCK Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the foot brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Place the ignition switch into the LOCK po sition and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock release using a suitable tool 5 Push the shift lever button A and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position
170. ery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK TRACK button M44 or PP for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt gt gt SEEK TRACK button Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK TRACK button Pl while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK TRACK button PPI sev eral times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on
171. es not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only
172. ese guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For additional information refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Manual Transmission if so equipped Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e After towing 805 km 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 805 km 500 miles of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts Automatic Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative
173. et cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 23 MPH 37 km h 5 16 Starting and driving BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal ex ceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is acti vated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force AWARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driv er s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY The following methods are recommended by NISSAN to increase fuel economy on NISSAN vehicles All these recommendations can help you to achieve a higher level of fuel economy in your vehicle Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway
174. etermined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second e ID3 tag The ID3 tag is the part of the encoded MP3 file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 lf there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software eee therefore the files might not play in the de sired order EJ FOLDER MPS WHA1090 Playback order chart Playback order Playback order of the CD with compressed files MP3 is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 files are not shown in the display 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported 5 p MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 ee MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz versions 8 Kops 820 Kops VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 M
175. ety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 Sit upright and well back 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 ARS1045 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents AWARNING The
176. flate in cer tain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front and rear outboard occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or
177. floor outlets is the same tem perature 1 Move the air intake lever to amp position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion r Hy 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position P ee When the YY or position is selected press the C button to turn on the air condi tioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake
178. ft lever button and move the shift lever out of the P Park position If the ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC posi tion for any reason while the shift lever is in any position other than the P Park position the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position 5 10 Starting and driving If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position while depressing the foot brake pedal 3 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 4 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Rev
179. g Informa tion label Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Original tire size The size of the tires TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION originally installed on the vehicle at RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT the factory FRONT REAR a TIAL AVANT x ARRI RE x Spare tire size THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED yyy ka OR XXX Ibs LE POIDS TOTAL DES OCCUPANTS ET DU CHARGEMENT NE DOIT JAMAIS D PASSER 9 OU SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE A FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS PRESSION DE PNEUS FROIv PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX psi INFORMATION REAR VOIR LE MANUEL PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX psi DE L USAGER SPARE p POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX psi RENSEIGNEMENTS Tire and loading information label 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile Q Seating capacity The ma
180. g system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave per manent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occu pant detection sensors weight sen sors This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant detection sensors This can also affect the opera tion of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes
181. ged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The en gine oil may be hot Waste oil must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug A with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 34 N m 25 ft lb Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap B securely For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn t
182. ght of the child and child restraint is less than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint not both at the same time fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower an chors to install the child restraint Besure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for installation All Canadian provinces or territories re quire that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle LRS2438 LATCH system lower anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compat ible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child re straint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicles seat belt not the lower anchors to install the 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental rest
183. gine cooling system MING OW ave Andis Be to a eee oe A 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 8 Engine oil viscosity aoaaa ee eee 9 6 Engine serial number 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 7 Event data recorders 9 19 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Explanation of maintenance items 8 2 Extended storage switch 8 23 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 FarOer ae oe 56 oe Ee e e 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 11 Brake fluid 4 4 4 4 8 lt 8 ma 0 dete 8 12 Capacities and recommended fuellubricants o a coea cados saaa a 9 2 Clutch uid s s e a as o ane e awe 8 12 Engine CODlANs 6 6 ai a4 xin a A 8 7 EMNQING OW se i ER a OO Oe 8 9 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 47 Front seats bbe Be ho ke tee ee wee 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 200 9 2 Fuel economy 2 24 ea debe anann 5 17 Fuel filler cap a oe he 4 oS eae wo 3 11 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 11 Fuel fillerlid 2 3 11 Fuel filler lid and cap 3 11 Fuel gauge a a se dm de Mah amp a wed ge wd 2 5 Fuel octane rating 9 5 Fuelgauge 2 2 ee ee et es 2 5 FUSES oe a en e a e e
184. h e g 6 2 Sparetie 0 6 3 8 42 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 THe Chane e aa arae E a e e 8 40 Tire pressure oaaao 8 34 Tire rotai mae ak ae we we ww i 8 40 Types of tires auaa 8 39 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Wheels and tires 8 34 Wheel tire size 22 200 4 9 9 Towing Flat towing wu to ae oe eae a ee 9 16 TOW truck towing oka ce ee a ae 6 13 Trailer towing oe a we eee eae eae 9 16 TOWING a trailer oa cs oes hw a ca emnit we 9 16 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 11 Driving with automatic transmission 5 8 Driving with manual transmission 5 12 Shift selector lock release 5 11 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUN ct owt eed ee k Ae eS 9 10 Tip Compllie as n a he hae eo es ow ee 2 5 Trip odometer 5 664 264 ee a Oem ee ee 2 4 T m signal SWITCH a o csse do Kw ah sa 2 19 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 USB interface aoaaa aa 4 40 10 6 Audio file operation 4 41 V Vamy ION o e Gee ee ee ae ee Pe a 3 14 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 20 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 21 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 21 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 00004 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN p
185. hat of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS A CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be installed on 185 60R15 or 185 55R16 tires Installa tion of the tire chains cables on 185 60R15 or 185 55R16 tires will cause damage to the vehicle Please use snow tires instead of chains cables if needed Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Refer to Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 113 N m 83 ft Ib The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Tire Safety Information in the Warranty In formation Booklet 1 2 Tire wear and damage fi HER Wear indicator Location mark AWARNING Tires should
186. he air conditioner filter restricts the entry of airborne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the sepa rate maintenance booklet for change intervals If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer or a qualified workshop WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer fluid or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer fluid or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new windshield wiper blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push and hold the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down 1 the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION e After wiper blade
187. he camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown further than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected When the shift lever is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift lever has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the shift lever is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not
188. he engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 18 N m 13 ft lbs 8 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil by removing the oil filler cap if neces sary 4 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID if so equipped When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing AWARNING e When the engine is running keep hands jewelry and clothing away from any moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belts Automatic transmission fluid is poison ous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 BRAKE AND CLUTCH if so equipped FLUID For further br
189. headrest is posi before riding in that designated seating position tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 SEAT BELTS P p N E Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT v d N Pa NA 7 Us oa ae A WARNING USAGE TE e Every person who drives or rides in this If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed and you are sitting upright and well back in times Children should be properly re your seat with both feet on the floor your chances strained in the rear seat and if appro of being injured or killed in a collision and or the priate in a child restraint severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LO WWA ie Sit upright and weil back AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an a
190. hecking engine oil level 002 005 8 9 Changing engine Oll s icceesuveves ave vas aesx e 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 2 05 8 11 4 speed automatic transmission fluid if so equipped ccnvacnsaceratectawtaarcanpananne 8 11 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid 8 12 Brake MIG cone cnedeece estes setae heccenete eee 8 12 Clutch fluid if so equipped eee eee 8 12 Windshield washer fluid 2 00 005 8 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 13 BOY ecceeeus eageueecernneoseaseaeeaceeeeneee 8 13 Jump Staring lt 4 aerendaseceaeee eeceereds siie 8 15 Drive DGWre reenter veusorseeuesy qeeeeverss es eased 8 15 Sak DINGS eerst 5c6y eae cena S pe eenrsedanse 8 16 Replacing Spark plugS 6esees nanana 8 16 PAR CICQNGC sececeecenen OEE here seus eaet sy 8 16 Air conditioner filter if so equipped 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 00 0eeeees 8 17 QIGANI 2 4 2 G0 65564450 95A64 28 8546 ARARE Ea 8 17 REPSON erorar en ESEE AE EEES 8 18 E e E A E E E E csc enck 8 19 Be e ee E E E eee 8 20 Engine compartment secede6 wesw aes reeee Gece 8 20 Passenger compartment 00 eee eens 8 22 Battery replacement 2054s e2neesetseed eta eee viwede 8 23 Key fob if so equipped 0 0 cece eee ees 8 24 LON G nace et aeaeeneteecmees E nears adeest 8 25 PICAGUIGINS aeicareneeeueseteeteeaeaveces ieee 8 25 FACAGHNON aMis creces nenn
191. heel The system ends the session Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Select Transfer entry The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new con tact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communica tion link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone Refer to the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone
192. her country Windows Locking passengers windows Manual windows Power rear windows Power windows Rear power windows Windshield washer fluid Windshield wiper and washer switch Windshield wiper blades Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switches Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper blades 2 4 2220484 2 amp wa ww 2 9 2 10 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and cap
193. hild and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the ve hicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air ba
194. hime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in Instruments and controls 2 9 the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger For additional information refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual for pre cautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off if the SRS air bag systems are opera tional This means the system is operational ar If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bags and or pretensioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplem
195. his specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
196. hone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the amp F button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook List Names Delete Entry Transfer Entry For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names A Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering w
197. i ate ieS a 8 26 Fog lights if so equipped 0ce eee eee 8 29 Exterior and interior lights 8 29 Wheels and UGS ocd nce we cated sea ededecey korai 8 34 Tire lessee 25 eacci cee teteeeteeeecuretesesce 8 34 TING IAD CIRO 422 eotesceseccorerceaeennece danas 8 36 Types Ol OSs oacen cu ces teewee ct ede ieee see ee 8 39 Tie CHAINS nce se ctred oe E E E 8 40 Changing wheels and tires 000 e ee eee eee 8 40 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during nor
198. ible After a few driving trips the _ light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in this section TRIP COMPUTER When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer change reset button A on the instrument panel located near the speedometer The following modes can be selected in the display Instant fuel consumption Average fuel consumption e Distance to empty Instruments and controls 2 5 Instant fuel consumption The instant fuel consumption mode shows the instant fuel economy The display updates in stantly when driving Average fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change reset button A for more than approximately 1 second Distance to empty The distance to empty mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The range is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The distance to empty includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the distance to empty is automatically selected and the digits blink in order to draw the driver s atten ti
199. icle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action s t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon Nissan Mexicana S A de C V All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Mexicana S A de C V NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Departmen
200. ight adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi tion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase The extender adds approximately 200 mm 8 in of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an ex tender if an extender is required 1 15 AWARNING
201. in the folder will be mixed during play SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button for less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 sec onds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode CD EJECT When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Press the MENU button repeatedly until AUX IN Volume appears on the screen to control the incoming volume level of the auxiliary input de vice Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the level between O and 3 FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions refer to Audio op eration precautions in this section HA SEEK TRACK IHH l 7 iPod MENU BACK Coy J 8 en TUNE FOLDER ENTER W SETTING amp CD eject button CD button Display screen
202. ing This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the 4 5 comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high move the air intake lever to the position Be sure to return to the gt position for normal cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the 4 comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the TY position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi e If the engine coolant temperature tion gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off Refer to If your sired position vehicle overheats in the In case of Operating tips em
203. ing engine oillevel 8 9 Engine OW lt lt 4 ca ot WAS EG wale we 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity 9 6 One SshotCalls sars sw a a ew ee eae en 4 49 Outside mirror control 3 15 Outside mirrors 2 ee ee 3 15 Overdrive switch Ye 44 6 ee oa d m aca od 5 12 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 12 Owner s manual order form 9 20 Owner s manual service manual order MOa DON s a a a ak x me oe Cw eS a 9 20 Pp Parking Parking brake operation 5 14 Parking parking onhills 5 18 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 46 Power Power door locks o oe 2 6 ea eo 46 8 3 4 Power outlet 204 2 21 Power rear windows saoasaoa aaa 2 26 Power steering system 5 19 Power windows 505008 2 24 Rear power windows 2 26 Power outlet 0 ee ee ee 2 21 Power steering saaa ee eee 5 19 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on booster S dlSs 2ut 26a a8 Ga 1 18 1 25 1 31 1 36 Precautions on child restraints 1 18 1 25 1 31 1 36 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Precautions on supplemental restraint SySteM pon cee eee ee eae eae ae 1 40 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 PUSW SING soe 4 0 buna oe ene Oe 6 12 R Radio Car phone orCBradio 4 45 FM AM radio with compact disc CD DIAVOl g ei
204. ing the key from the ignition switch make sure the shift lever is in the P Park posi tion If the shift lever is not returned to the P Park position the ignition switch cannot be moved to the LOCK position To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch If the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key The shift lever is designed so it cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to OFF position T or if the key is removed from the switch Starting and driving 5 5 The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder 5 6 Starting and driving MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition switch includes a device tha
205. ing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line f approx 0 5 m 1 5 ft Yellow line approx 1 m 3 ft Green line G approx 2 m 7 ft Green line approx 3 m 10 ft Vehicle width guide lines Indicate the vehicle width when backing up DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects
206. ion 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON
207. ir conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by a NISSAN dealer AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button PWR button to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance a
208. ire ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance prob lems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment
209. ired When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 mi Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Wheel a
210. ires or tire chains on a snow covered road BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION During braking while driving through turns the system optimizes the distribution of force to each of the four wheels depending on the radius of the turn AWARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing Operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully The active trace control and brake force distribution systems may not be effec tive depending on the driving condition Always drive carefully and attentively Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the VDC warning light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC warning light may illuminate When driving on extremely
211. is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry The operational range of the key fob extends to approximately 10 m 33 ft from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS JVM0002X Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb They can be replaced from inside the e
212. isengaged from the holder e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The cargo cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside Instruments and controls 2 23 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents To remove the cargo cover To insert the cargo cover Q Remove the cargo cover holders from the Q Insert cargo cover rotated without touching rear pillar surrounding parts 2 Rotate the cargo cover to one side 2 Let cargo cover rest over tool box 3 Remove cargo cover without touching sur 3 Insert cargo cover rounding parts 2 24 Instruments and controls ToS SYS Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch
213. ith your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master key which is registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle This key has a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as 5 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any
214. k tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Technical and consumer information 9 15 Overloading and improper load ing not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking dis tances This may cause a prema ture tire failure which could result in a serious accident and per sonal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings 9 16 Technical and consumer information TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow th
215. k Braking System ABS 5 20 Audible reminders 2 12 Audio system 2 6 ee 4 23 AM radio reception 4 24 Compact disc CD player 4 34 4 38 FM AM radio with compact disc CD POYO se 6 aba oe oe Oo ee Ye 4 31 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player y esatta p oe em ee a A 4 35 FM radio reception aooaa auaa 4 23 iPod Player naaa 4 42 iPod player operation 4 42 RaQ soas ee ee ee a amp a ee 4 23 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 44 USB interface naoa aaa 4 40 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection PO eea 4 alee E a op een ae 4 40 Automatic Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 11 Automatic transmission position indicator e n ea Gt we ce amp we Oe a ee 2 10 Driving with automatic transmission 5 8 Transmission shift selector lock release 5 11 Automatic door locks 3 5 AUX jack sea ae ena ee eee Re 4 35 4 39 B Baley osere to G aw oe ee Oy ae 5 24 8 13 Charge warning light 2 8 Battery replacement Key TOD ae dbase ie bas ee ee So 8 24 Before starting the engine 5 7 Belt See drive belt 0 8 15 Block heater EMQG mo oo ee Sah ee ae 5 25 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 46 Boosterseats 2050004 1 36 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 20 Brake fluid 0200048 8 12 Brake light See stop light 8 29 Brake system
216. k plug gap Nominal 1 1 0 043 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Steel Aluminum Tire size Spare tire Size 15x55 15 x 5 5 16 x 6 0J 185 60R15 185 55R16 T125 70D15 Offset mm in 50 1 97 50 1 97 55 2 17 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Unit mm in Body Type Hatchback Overall length 3 827 150 7 Overall width 1 665 65 6 Overall height 1 527 60 1 Front Track 15 inch wheel 1 450 57 5 16 inch wheel 1 450 57 5 Rear Track 15 inch wheel 1 455 57 7 16 inch wheel 1 454 57 3 Wheelbase 2 450 96 5 Gross vehicle weight rating kg Ib Gross axle weight rating Refer to the C M V S S certifica tion label on the center pillar be tween the driver s side front and rear doors Front kg Ib Rear kg Ib Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your v
217. l filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some engine oil be tween oil maintenance intervals depending on the severity of operating conditions or depending on the property of the engine oil used More engine oil is consumed by fre quent acceleration deceleration especially when the engine rpm is high Consumption is likely to be higher when the engine is new If the rate of oil consumption after driving for 3 000 miles 5 000 km is more than 0 5 liter per 600 miles 1 000 km con sult a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time For additional informa tion refer to Changing engine oil filter in this section AWARNING Prolon
218. l hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the floor outlets is the same tem perature 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the cabin and defogs the wind shield 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi tion i He 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position P a When the YY or position is selected press the C button to turn on the air condi tioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner Is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cool
219. late 9 10 Vehicle immobilizer system 2 13 3 2 5 7 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Vehicle recovery 6 ee 6 15 Vehicle security system 2 13 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 9 13 3 2 5 7 Ventilators lt et s e ga som hoe oe ee ea ee 4 6 VISOS peut we eb eee e ea 3 13 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 49 Ww Warning Air bag warning light 1 55 2 10 Anti lock brake warning light 2 8 Battery charge warning light 2 8 Brake warning light 2 8 Door open warning light 2 8 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 8 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Low fuel warning light 2 9 Low windshield washer fluid warning light Passenger air bag and status light Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light 1 55 Vehicle security system Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Warning labels forSRS Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Audible reminders INGICATOPNGMIS s ia osos sooga a i Warning lights aa aaa Warning MoNS sea a a aa a E ty Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switches Windshield wiper and washer switch Weights See dimensions and weights Wheels andtires 2004 Wheel tire size aooaa aa When traveling or registering your vehicle in anot
220. lb 1 Remove the light with a suitable tool 2 Remove the cover B 3 Replace the bulb Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual for additional information TIRE PRESSURE Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the tire placard under the Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The tire placard if so equipped is affixed to the driver side cen ter pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 6 km 1 mile at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the C M V S S certification label The ve hicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loadin
221. le Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle For additional information refer to Connecting procedure in this section Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 55 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved ee ey ene eee 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command Refer to Phonebook in this section
222. lignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be aneed for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires re fer to the Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when appli
223. limited warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulati
224. lision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat refer to Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants o
225. llular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While acellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular
226. lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 If equipped the door can also be opened without a key by pulling the open lever LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch to the unlock position AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS if so equipped All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 24 km h 15 MPH Unlocking any of the doors while driving will disable the automatic door lock mechanism and the unlocked door will not lock automatically again until one of the following is performed Opening any door Placing the ignition switch in the OFF posi tion The automatic lock and unlock functions can be deactivated or activated indepen dently of each other To deactivate or activate the automatic door lock or unlock system per form the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Do one of the following within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 To change AUTO UNLOCK settings push and hold the power door lock switch tothe ff
227. lt in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Adjust the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance 5 20 Starting and driving This procedure can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of y
228. luid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid if so equipped lev els Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer For addi tional information refer to the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc th
229. m should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located within the outboard side of the front seatback The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not in
230. mal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are requ
231. me on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid e Never leave the e
232. n need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger For additional information refer to Supplemental restraint system SRS in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the ma
233. n on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception TUNE FOLDER knob Tuning Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning Press the SEEK button M4 or PP to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and a beep sound is heard 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the batt
234. n the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position Turn the headlight switch to the P4 or 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the P gt d or 2 position Push the control to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights when driving at night When the ignition is on and the knob is pushed the illumination decreases The brightness will return to the maximum level when the brightness is at Its minimum and the knob is pushed TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or
235. nal slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 25 mm 1 in from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 LRS2656 Outboard seating positions 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2657 Center seating position Top tether strap 2 Anchor point Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restr
236. nd interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 40 48 km 25 30 mi with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station Is within 40 km 25 mi The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected
237. nd supplemental restraint system 1 53 e Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioners help tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioners are part of the seat belt retrac tor assembly These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light R is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system For additional information refe
238. ne the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter 10 7 8 Gal 41 0L For additional information refer to Fuel recommendation in this section Engine oi Drain and rel OOO With oil filter Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent change oor 3 1 8 qt Engine oil with API Certification Mark HR16DE Without oil filter change aman ered For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommenda E tions in this section Cooling system A T Model With reservoir 1 3 4 Gal 1 1 2 Gal Cooling system M T Model With reservoir 1 3 4 Gal 1 1 2 Gal Viscosity SAE 5W 30 6 6L Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality Use Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality in order to avoid possible aluminum corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non genuine engine coolant Note that any repairs for incidents within the engine cooling system while using non genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred during the warranty period 9 2 Technical and consumer information Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality Use Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality in order to avoid possible aluminum corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non genuine engine coolant Note that any repairs f
239. neration will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover Ifan iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 iPod player if so equipped Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen We recommend using English or Spanish lan guage characters with an iPod Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in the iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly The iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon necte
240. ngine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed in side the bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Aiming should not be necessary after replacing the H4 bulb When aiming ad justment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart 1 Disconnect the battery negative cable 2 Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the bulb 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Pull off the rubber cap 4 Push and turn the retaining pin to loosen it 5 Remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a
241. ngine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS HR16DE engine Drive belt location Engine oil filler cap Air cleaner Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Fusible link Battery Engine coolant reservoir Radiator cap Engine oil dipstick Windshield washer fluid reservoir For Manual Transmission M T model ee ee Ki os a Can Ge gt oie eh O s IOE ET 5 es gt ae LAW Nea en 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round antifreeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are
242. nu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 9 kg 20 Ibs should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of
243. ny of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by placing the ignition switch in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it Starting and driving 5 7 and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by plac ing the ignition in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 sec
244. o control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing iPod Menu Language Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE FOLDER control knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 iPod MENU button This button can only be used for iPod opera tions Refer to iPod player operation in this section for details about the function of this but ton FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is show
245. odels only High temperature Automatic Transmis warning light sion position indica tor light A T models Low fuel warning only light Pa l N ruise main switc itan indicator light if so equipped 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Security indicator light Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights ey Indicator Name Page light Vehicle Dynamic Bo Control VDC OFF indicator Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DONS ann heoeunaea ce need vasa Caneeaneeonsaeeueee 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment n anaana 1 2 Armrest if so equipped for driver s seat 1 4 Folding rear seat auceesvenecacteseecree ceases ace 1 4 Head restraints Headrests 0 2 00 eee 1 6 Adjustable head restraint headrest COMPONENTS shu04chG ev ceresdeeendanduseadae cad 1 7 Non adjustable head restraint headrest COMPONCING ics 0cnur estan ace cena oun eae eons ae 1 7 ROMOV oneru rt irsa n anea AE R eas 1 7 e e T E ee whee EE EEA 1 8 AOUS esseeri eian Ase aaa a iaa a 1 8 Seal DEUS s024 456084 pnGheeidnswds che hae be ni Ani 1 10 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnant WOMEN entcctnsussuedereneecesee hen 1 12 Injured persons ssc cutereeneenctecsasrentesceesed 1 12 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 12 Seat belt extenders 00 0c cee
246. of a pen or pencil as illustrated 1 Tuning switch 2 Power on and SOURCE select switch 3 Volume control switches STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel SOURCE select switch With the ignition switch placed in the ACC or ON position push the SOURCE select switch to turn the audio system on 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM CD iPod AUX If no CD is loaded or AUX and or iPod are not connected the CD AUX and or iPod modes will be skipped Volume control switches Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume 44 gt gt Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next or previous radio preset SEEK tuning radio Push the tuning switch for more than 1 5 sec onds to seek the next or previous radio station FF REW CD and iPod Push the tuning switch for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs Folder change CD with MP3 or WMA Push the tuning switch for more than 1 5 sec onds to change the folders if there are any folders ANTENNA The antenna can be folded down toward
247. ol dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right pf Fresh air Move the air intake lever to the position The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle Air recirculation Move the air intake lever to the CS position to recirculate air inside the vehicle Use the E gt selection when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner press the button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button For additional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control di
248. om defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Fresh air Move the air intake lever to the position The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle Air recirculation Move the air intake lever to the CS position to recirculate air inside the vehicle Use the E gt selection when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner A C Air conditioner button if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner press the button again Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button For additional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the s position
249. on Press the trip computer change reset button A if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred When the fuel level drops even lower the dis tance to empty will display 2 6 Instruments and controls Trip computer reset Pressing the change reset button for more than 3 seconds will reset all modes except Trip A and distance to empty WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light if so equipped i Engine oil pressure warning light y High temperature warning light B CHECKING BULBS Low fuel warning light Ue With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch the in the ON posi tion without starting the engine The following lights will come on S7 Low windshield washer fluid P D CRUIS E ae warning light OFF Power steering warning light O Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic Transmission posi tion indicator light A T models only Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Front fog light indicator light if so equipped A R ey F A Cl PS If equipped the following lights come on briefly and then go off Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light Front passenger air bag status ligh
250. on for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid if so equipped and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON position For additional information refer to Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into a
251. on or to P Always follow the instructions below Fail Park automatic transmission Switch off ure to do so could result in damage to the all unnecessary electrical systems lights charging system and cause personal heater air conditioner etc injury aa E 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle equipped Cover the battery with an old position the 2 vehicles to bring their batter cloth to reduce explosion hazard ies near each other 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il Do not allow the 2 vehicles to touch ustrated In case of emergency 6 11 A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable
252. on to adjust the setting to the desired level 5 to 5 Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears otherwise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems DISP display button Press the DISP display button while a CD is playing to change the text shown in the audio display as follows For CDs Running Time Album Title Artist Name Song Title For MP3 CDs Running Time Folder Title Album Title Artist Name Song Title If the text information is too long to fully be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP display button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest of the text Press the DISP display button while the radio is playing to toggle the audio display between sta tion number and RDS Clock operation To turn the clock display on or off press the MENU button repeatedly until Clock appears on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to toggle the setting ON or OFF Clock set 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until Adjust Clock appears on the display 2 Press the ENTER button 3 Change Hour will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the hours and then press ENTER 4 Change Minute will appear on the screen Tu
253. ons require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving
254. or screen L is the distance between the wall or screen to the vehicle s front bumper Apply the parking brake Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Left side Adjusting the headlight aim Be sure that the vehicle is parked directly vertical to the wall on which the headlights will be pro jected 1 Turn on the headlight low beam 2 Open the hood 3 Turn the aiming adjustment screws located inside the engine compartment until the headlight projection on the wall or screen does not move 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE The aim adjustment screws are located on each side of the headlights The lower screw 1 is used to adjust the horizontal aim The upper screw 2 is used to adjust the vertical aim The screws can be turned indefinitely in each direction Therefore be sure to ob serve the headlight projection movement to determine the necessary turning amount Turn the lower screws C in the opposite direction until the headlight projection be comes 70 mm 2 76 in below the point P Once the left headlight has been adjusted perform right side adjustment as well C is the distance between point P and point 3 Turn the upper screws 2 in the opposite direction until the horizontal headlight pro jection s turn point is directly below the point P Once the left headlight has been adjusted perform right side adjustment as well FOG LIGHTS if so equipped
255. or incidents within the engine cooling system while using non genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred during the warranty period Genuine NISSAN gear oil HQ Multi 75W 85 or equivalent If Genuine NISSAN gear oil HQ multi is not available API GL 4 Viscos ity SAE 75W 85 may be used as a temporary replacement However use Genuine NISSAN gear oil as soon as it is available Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Impmeasure Liter _ Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not cov ered by the warranty Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section See your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for service Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section See your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for service Automatic transmission fluid Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent Air conditioning system oil For additional information refer to Air conditioner system if so equipped refrigerant and oil recommendations in this section Windshield washertui
256. or to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing
257. ou Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label Refer to Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hy
258. parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has a security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance coul
259. pending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the SEEK TRACK buttons 44 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed lt lt gt P SEEK TRACK buttons Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK TRACK button gt I while an audio file on the USB device is playing to ad vance one track Press the SEEK TRACK button gt I several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played
260. position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds To change AUTO LOCK settings push and hold the power door lock switch to the position LOCK for more than 5 seconds When activated the hazard warning lights will flash twice When deactivated the haz ard warning lights will flash once The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position 2 the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position 1 the door can be opened only from the out side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior light on and activate the panic alarm by using the key fob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The key fob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 10 m 33 ft from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 key fobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional key fobs contact a NISSAN dealer The key
261. r cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury use the engine block heater Turn the engine off very hard to drive on Wate enle will Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block have much less traction or grip under temperature starting heater cord these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or The engine block heater should be used when 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a sanded the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Starting and driving 5 25 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet 5 The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on 6 Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 5 26 Starting and driving 6 In
262. r damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For additional informa tion refer to LATCH Lower Anchors and Teth ers for CHildren system in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures 1 19 fthe combined wei
263. r driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Bee Overdrive OFF indicator light A T models only This light comes on when the overdrive function is OFF The automatic transmission overdrive function is controlled by the overdrive switch For additional information refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational Instruments and controls 2 11 For additional information refer to Security sys tems in this section R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system or the Traction Control System TCS is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on R Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the VDC system is not operating Push the VDC off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally For additional information refer to Vehi
264. r the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related collisions Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs over the counter prescription and illegal drugs too Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Never remove the ignition key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift lever is placed in the P Park position When remov
265. r the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips ae a specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 file has been given an extension of MP3 or mp3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately next song when playing 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if so equipped AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the
266. r to Supplemental air bag warning light in this sec tion If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS Air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration Oy a LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag needs servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag may not op
267. r with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For additional information about towing your ve hicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and Consumer Information section of this manual In case of emergency 6 13 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated LCE2014 LCE2015 A Automatic transmission A T A A T Automatic transmission Manual transmission M T M T Manual transmission 6 14 Incase of emergency A CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is
268. raint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRSO667 Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restrain
269. raint system child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child re straint in the center position using the LATCH anchors LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed
270. raint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it Is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child rest
271. randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE FOLDER knob ENTER SETTING button If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE FOLDER knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 iPod PLAYER OPERATION if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury
272. re If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction AWARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter ously injured by an electrical shock if Allow more stopping distance under you use an ungrounded connection these conditions Braking should be Disconnect and properly store the en A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 0 C 32 F and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER To 1 gine block heate
273. re child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant detection sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the c
274. re requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and
275. re tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle e Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 MEMO 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Fuel recommendation ssssssesssarrrrrrn nnn 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system if so equipped refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 PECCAN Ss seeancdaneaeneretebenandanen eee beuas 9 8 PAGING 4 do eee esses ee ee suse eee E 9 8 Wheels and tireS 00 00 cee cece eee ees 9 9 Dimensions and weights 2 055 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY acvedcscecsedgeyseweenecstenveaee 9 10 Vehicle identification 0 cece cece eee eee 9
276. regularly For additional information refer to Bat tery in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For additional information refer to Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some states and provinces prohibit their use Check lo cal state and provincial laws before install ing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For additional in formation refer to Tire chains in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with ca
277. reten sioner cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag and cur tain air bag systems and the preten sioner system should be inspected by an NISSAN dealer if there is any dam age to the front end or side portion of the vehicle The front air bag side air bag and cur tain air bag systems and the preten sioner system should be inspected by an NISSAN dealer if there is any dam age to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an NISSAN dealer In correct disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls INSUUMCNT PANG 2 202 e4n sex eeee fae etesen Ri 2 2 Meters and gauges ssssnasueerrrranrnnnrrrrae 2 3 Speedometer and odometer sss saueren renne 2 3 Tachometer sus xeme emed a E A 2 4 Fuel GAGO sgssisaiigrespd ijinna ann 45555645582 2 5 Tips COMpuUlelc see ceccceedtadsteeeeceseeeeaeees e 2 5 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 7 CHECKING DUDS cs 25ccet at naseratcanaeseaeresee ae Warning NOMS eecates tate censteeraususeseeass 2 8 indicator lights x atcacacesaceusa cette eseceecs 2 10 Audible reminders 000 ccc eee eee eee eee 2 12 Security systemS dace ccncnn deakeeneeeeeewesdaeerd 2 13 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 13 Windshield wiper and washer switch
278. return to the previous display TUNE FOLDER button ENTER SETTING button When the TUNE FOLDER ENTER SETTING button is pressed Kd or PPI for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or reversing When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the TUNE FOLDER ENTER SETTING button is pressed IK or PPI for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played RDM RPT button Press the RDM RPT button while a track is play ing to change the play pattern as follows Excluding Podcast and Audiobook 1 TRACK REPEAT ALL REPEAT OFF TRACK SHUFFLE ALBUM SHUFFLE OFF For additional information about Podcasts refer to the iPod owner s manual CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side
279. rn the Overdrive off The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When driving conditions change depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the Overdrive off This reduces fuel economy Fail safe When the fail safe operation is activated the auto matic transmission will be locked in third gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case e Place the shift lever in the P Park position Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal op erating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if necessary MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help pre
280. rn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the minutes and then press ENTER The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds if no further adjustment is per formed FM AM radio operation AM and FM buttons Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing vy v SEEK and TRACK tuning buttons Press the SEEK button 4 to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Press the TRACK button Y to tune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station 1 to 6 Station memory operations
281. rs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law Technical and consumer information 9 19 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a Gen
282. rt your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery Vehicle being jump started always wear suitable eye protectors for RX A ad example goggles or industrial safety S spectacles and remove rings metal K Mio Stee bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it Cloth 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever A WARNING to N Neutral manual transmissi
283. s Audio controls steering wheel 4 44 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 7 4 15 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricantS 92 4 22 daw ed ened 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Corrosion protection 06 7 5 Cruise control 6 i eka ce we we ew a 5 15 Cup DolderS i s soe wea aa ang a a 2 22 2 23 Curtain side impact air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 1 52 10 2 Dimensions and weights Dimmer switch for instrument panel Door locks Door open warning light Drive belt 14 co abbas hae wee oo Driving Daytime light system Defroster switch Rear window defroster switch Cold weather driving Driving with automatic transmission Driving with manual transmission Precautions when starting and driving Driving the vehicle Economy fuel 4 6 4 oe wt oo oe oe ew Emission control information label Emission control system warranty Engine Before starting the engine Block heater 00000 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 02000 Changing engine coolant Changing engine oil Changing engine oil filter Checking engine coolant level Checking engine oillevel Engine compartment check locations En
284. s important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting For additional information refer to the NI
285. s is on the seat the occupant detection sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF The front passenger seat belt sensor is designed to detect if the seat belt is buckled Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant detection sensor and the buckle state the Ad vanced Air Bag System determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen 1 49 ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant detection sensor is designed to operate as de scribed above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secu
286. s viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Manual folding outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Heated mirrors if so equipped The outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information refer to Rear window de froster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems RearView Monitor if so equipped 0008 4 2 How to read the displayed lines 4 3 Difference between predicted and actual CISIARCES ENE steerer seer eree es eaavedeescens 4 3 Adjusting the screen 2 02 2ee eee 4 5 ODGIAUNG IDS 4c0nke pe cadweesaees Sea aed aiden 4 5 NEMS 22466560550504008 hen or eceeeceande se RATRAT 4 6 Heater and Air Conditioner manual Type A i SO egupped 2aecanieedecucsennceaeee oesennen 4 7 WCONUGIS etucaetees bausapeeaveeteeuede ET 4 8 Heater operation 0000c cece eee 4 9 Air conditioner operation if so equipped 4 10 Air NOW CHANG
287. section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 5 4 Starting and driving AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire For additional information refer to Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive unde
288. shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission Start the engine in either the P Park or N Neutral position The engine will not start in any other position If it does have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Shift into the P Park position and ap ply the parking brake when at a stand still for longer than a short waiting period Keep the engine at idling speed while shifting from the N Neutral position to any driving position When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake pedal should be depressed in this situation Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a drive position 3 Release the parking brake the foot brake pedal and then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed A CAUTION e DE
289. sible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 02 2 ee0eee 8 2 General maintenance 000ce eee e ee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 0 cee cece eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 022 cee eee eee eee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 00 005 8 8 PHONG Olace tenereeesstcevenceueceuuateeehue oe ences 8 9 C
290. signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights COMPACT WUG AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 12 cm 4 7 in round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or
291. sioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer e Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your
292. ssenger air bag and status light in this section One front air bag inflating does not indicate im proper performance of the system 1 48 If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air
293. t High beam indicator light blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Overdrive OFF indicator light A T models only Security indicator light Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights te red Av If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly Instruments and controls 2 7 WARNING LIGHTS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance For additional information refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied 2 8 Instruments and controls Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low br
294. t helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel place the igni tion switch in the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel in sert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine Is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON positi
295. t illuminates when the front fog lights are ON For additional infor mation refer to Front fog lights in this section Front passenger air bag status CFE light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual HO High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The 7 may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is Installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal 11 4 L of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the C7 light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indic
296. t it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows liftgates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three w
297. t of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the C M V S S cer tification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit DETERMINING VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY The load capacity of this vehicle is deter mined by weight not by available cargo space For example a luggage rack bike carrier cartop carrier or similar equipment does not increase load carrying capacity of your vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 13 To determine vehicle load capacity
298. t should not move more than 25mm 1 in from side to side Try to tug It forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 WRS0475 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated refer to Supplemen tal air bag warning light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled LRS2656 LRS2657 Outboard seating positions Center seating position Top tether strap 2 Anchor point Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts First secure the child restraint with the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts
299. t using our toll free number 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissan ca We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 4 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument panel ster edeSorescveesaceeedredvedeke 0 6 EXIOrOr Ola owe ohn nee she AAE nee nana 0 3 Engine Compartment Check Locations 0 7 PXIGHOM Leal E E E E E ns 0 4 Warning indicator lights n n saana ann nan nn nrnna 0 8 Passenger comp
300. tback A Stowed position down Resting position 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2446 Folding rear seat 60 40 Ensure the rear outboard seat belt webbing is properly stowed in the clip which is located at inside trim T before moving the rear seatback 2 in order to prevent the outboard seat belt from getting caught behind the rear seatback e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e Closely supervise children when they LRS2440 are around cars to prevent them from Folding rear seat 60 40 3 To return the rear seat to a seating position playing and becoming locked in the Q Remove head restraint headrest from the lift up on the seatback and push it up to an trunk where they could be seriously in rear seatback upright position Firmly press zones and ees eee ne eben st as fie seatback and trunk lid securely latche 2 Pull the strap to fold each seatback to lock the seatback in place when not in use and prevent es down Install the head restraint headrest access to car keys A WARNIN
301. tch opener P 3 10 5 Rearview monitor if so equipped P 4 2 6 Fuel filler lid P 3 11 7 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 11 9 2 8 Child safety rear door lock P 3 5 Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1 Sun visors P 3 13 2 Interior lights illuminated entry P 2 27 P 2 17 3 Glove box P 2 23 4 Front seat P 1 2 5 Rear seat P 1 2 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 0 6 13 141516 17 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 17 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 47 2 20 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 14 Illustrated table of contents Center vents P 4 6 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch P 2 16 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Front passenger bag status light P 1 49 10 11 12 13 Climate controls P 4 7 Audio system P 4 31 4 23 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 47 Side vents P 4 6 Electronic outside rearview mirror control switch if so equipped P 3 15 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 20 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 11 Hood release lever P 3 9 Audio control switches if so equipped P 4 44 Tilt steering P 3 13 Ignition switch P 5 5 Cruise control if so eq
302. te on the side where the vehicle is impacted The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and front pas senger seat belts and is not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers For additional information refer to Seat belts in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied For additional informa tion refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back
303. th the engine not running place the igni tion in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 When a CD is loaded the radio comes on Press ing the VOL volume control knob power button again turns the system off Turn the VOL volume control knob power button to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume MENU button Audio Adjusts the bass to the desired level Adjusts the treble to the desired level Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Speed Sensitive Vol Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed AUX IN Vol Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the SEEK 4 or TRACK Y butt
304. the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the amp button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For ex ample if you were directed to dial an exten sion by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired 4 52 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular p
305. this manual HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips 3 Raise the hood 3 4 Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot Hold the coated parts when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct con tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approxi mately 30 cm 12 in above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 REAR HATCH Hatchback AWARNING The rear hatch must be closed securely before driving An open rear hatch could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle For additional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPENING THE REAR HATCH To open the rear hatch unlock it with one of the
306. ts P 4 6 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch P 2 16 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Front passenger bag status light P 1 49 10 11 12 13 Climate controls P 4 7 Audio system P 4 31 4 23 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 47 Side vents P 4 6 Electronic outside rearview mirror con trol switch if so equipped P 3 15 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 20 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 11 Hood release lever P 3 9 Audio control switches if so equipped P 4 44 Tilt steering P 3 13 Ignition switch P 5 5 Cruise control if so equipped P 5 15 Shift lever P 5 8 Cup holders P 2 22 Glove box P 2 23 12v power outlet P 2 21 USB port if so equipped P 4 40 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed 1 Tachometer 5 Automatic Transmission A T position 2 Speedometer indicator A T models only 3 Trip odometer reset switch trip com 6 Odometer twin trip odometer trip com puter mode puter 4 Instrument brightness control 7 Fuel gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 ODO TRIP EA Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer 1 records the total distance the
307. tures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 ae Sh gt Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch Fan control dial Air conditioner button if so equipped Temperature control dial Air intake lever Outside air circulation Air recirculation Air flow control dial CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets 74 Air flows from center and side vents 74 Air flows from center and side vents and the front and rear floor outlets 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems s Air flows mainly from the front and rear floor outlets i Air flows from defroster outlets and the front and rear floor outlets Q7 Air flows mainly fr
308. turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the electric power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not func tioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the electric power steering warning
309. ty The following models are compatible iPod Classic 1st through 6th generation iPod Mini 1st and 2nd generation iPod Nano 1st through 3rd generation iPod Touch 1st generation iPhone 1st generation Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation iPod button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the iPod button to switch to the iPod mode If another audio source Is playing and the iPod is connected press the iPod button to switch to the iPod mode If the system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod will start when the PWR but ton is pressed Top menu item selecting Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the interface for iPod operation on the audio display The items can be chosen from the menu list screen by pressing the SEEK button kor PPI while the iPod is operational The display pattern can be changed as follows Playlists Artists Albums Songs Pod casts Genres Composers Audiobooks For additional information about each item refer to the iPod owner s manual ENTER and BACK buttons Press the ENTER button while the top menu is displayed to show program details on the audio display Use the SEEK buttons 44 or PPI to scroll through the choices and press the ENTER button to make a selection Press the BACK button to
310. uine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist yOu 9 20 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 20 Air bag See supplemental restraint system A ad kod od Hew Ge ae ok eee 1 40 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system 26 6 6 we ee ew es 1 47 Side and curtain See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 000008 1 52 Air bag warning labels 1 54 Air bag warning light 1 55 2 10 Air bag warning light supplemental 1 55 2 10 Air cleaner housing filter 8 16 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 10 4 18 Air conditioner service 4 23 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations 9 7 PO e a 2640 62 5268 a ee eee Ss 8 17 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 7 4 15 Servicing air conditioner 4 23 Air flow charts 004 4 11 4 19 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 13 Anchor point locations 1 22 AMONA e s dato aeea HARES eS e a aS 4 45 Anti lock brake warning light 2 8 Anti loc
311. uipped P 5 15 Shift lever P 5 8 Cup holders P 2 22 Glove box P 2 23 12v power outlet P 2 21 USB port if so equipped P 4 40 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS HR16DE engine 1 Drive belt location P 8 15 2 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 3 Air cleaner P 8 16 4 Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir P 8 12 5 Fusible link P 8 20 6 Battery P 8 13 7 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 8 9 1 Radiator cap P 8 7 Je ae 5 Ls Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 ee SY yaw p O Windshield washer fluid reservoir A Z P DDA Q A P 8 13 Cie Z q G 1 For Manual Transmission M T model j U2 aul Ci ENS Illustrated table of contents 0 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Indicator light light light 2 8 amp Low windshield 8 13 Front fog light indi O Anti lock Braking System ABS warn washer fluid warning cator light if so ing light light equipped Brake warning light 2 8 Power steering Front passenger air warning light bag status light Charge warning light 2 8 Ka Seat belt warning 2 9 High beam indicator 2 10 KTA light and chime light blue Door open warning Supplemental air 2 10 Malfunction Indica light if so equipped N bag warning light tor Light MIL Indicator lt light We 5 O Overdrive off indica tor light A T m
312. umper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or in terference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to de creased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Tire Safety Information in the Warranty Information Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the
313. unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident 5 18 Starting and driving Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is
314. use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE in dicator light in the instrument panel will go out The cruise control is automatically canceled if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift lever to N Neutral Starting and driving 5 15 To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last s
315. using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision WRS0700 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer 1 21 LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Top tether anchor point locations AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other it
316. vent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Doing so may result in an accident due to loss of engine braking Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in the 1 1st position and shift to the 2 2nd 3 8rd 4 4th and 5 Sth gear in sequence according to the vehicle speed You cannot shift directly from 5th gear into R Reverse First shift into N Neutral then into R Reverse If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear
317. vious menu press the button Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Help Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name For additional information refer to Phonebook in this section When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 51 Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to Making a call by enter ing a phone number in this section for additional details Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call Back Use
318. witch 4 44 IOP lightest ga ge ae we eG ee 8 29 Slagge amp fae 6 a ae eee eH S HO 2 21 Storage ay cs eda ees Bae ee A 2 22 SUN VISOS a s aca a hoe he SS oS Re a 3 13 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 54 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 55 2 10 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 47 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 54 Precautions on supplemental restraint sSysteM we ea be Fa tae thee eee we 1 40 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental airbag system 1 40 Supplemental side and curtain side impact air bag Systemi ow a 8 da oaos eae a 1 52 Switch Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 17 Headlight control switch 2 17 Ignition switch aoaaa we doe et He 5 5 Instrument brightness control 2 18 Overdrive switch aaoo aaa a 5 12 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear window defroster switch 2 16 Rear window wiper and washer SWIICHES ni sa Gi bane We we ah oe nS 2 16 Turn signalswitch 2 19 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWICK i g ea 4 Wb are koe 6 ee oe x 2 20 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 14 T Tachometer 0 a ee uee 2 4 10 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine stat a ed ware ew 2 13 3 2 5 7 Three way catalyst 2 24 D2 Tilting steering wheel 3 13 Tire PAU UG ch he Gk aha a Bodh e
319. with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish 7 4 Appearance and care Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats sp
320. ximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Vehicle load limit Refer to loading 1 6 km at moderate speeds The information in the Technical and recommended cold tire inflation is set consumer information section by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 3 Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires z wees Checking tire pressure including the spare manne ne TIRE LABELING 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the Size Cold Tire Inflation Federal law requires tire manufacturers to tire Pressure j place standardized information on the 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely Front Original Tire sidewall of all tires This information iden onto the valve stem Do not press too 185 60R15 230 kPa 33 PSI tifies and describes the fundamental hard or force the valve stem side 185 55R16 characteristics of the tire and also pro ways or air will
321. y It could also cause the refueling Malfunction Indicator Light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For additional information re fer to Fuel Recommendation in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 7 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The L light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off aftera few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage will display if the fuel filler c
322. y result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any ve hicle loss of control could result in a colli sion with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide side ways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain
323. yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so High temperature warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the high temperature warning light illu minates and then turns off This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is operational A CAUTION If the high temperature warning light illu minates while the engine is running it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible If the vehicle is over heated continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine For addi tional information refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section om or R Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches E Empty showing no more fuel bars S7 Low windshield washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional information refer to Windshield
324. ystem should be checked by a NISSAN dealer Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID LDI2040 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Add a washer solvent to the windshield washer fluid reservoir for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Fol low the manufacturer s instructions for the mix ture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Fluid Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tight

2 - Longueuil Nissan

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents